1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl(); 524 if (!TD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. 687 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 688 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions) 689 << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget(); 690 691 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 692 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 693 694 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 695 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 696 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 697 return ExprError(); 698 699 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 700 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 701 702 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 703 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 704 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 705 // 706 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 707 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 708 // catch-clause 709 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 710 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 711 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 712 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 713 // exception object 714 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 715 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 716 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 717 718 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 719 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 720 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 721 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 722 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 723 if (Res.isInvalid()) 724 return ExprError(); 725 Ex = Res.get(); 726 } 727 728 return new (Context) 729 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 730 } 731 732 static void 733 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 734 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 735 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 736 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 737 bool ParentIsPublic) { 738 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 739 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 740 bool NewSubobject; 741 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 742 // always distinct subobjects. 743 if (BS.isVirtual()) 744 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 745 else 746 NewSubobject = true; 747 748 if (NewSubobject) 749 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 750 751 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 752 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 753 if (PublicPath) 754 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 755 756 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 757 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 758 PublicPath); 759 } 760 } 761 762 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 763 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 764 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 765 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 766 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 767 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 768 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 769 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 770 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 771 772 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 773 // Skip ambiguous objects. 774 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 775 continue; 776 777 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 778 } 779 } 780 781 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 782 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 783 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 784 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 785 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 786 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 787 bool isPointer = false; 788 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 789 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 790 isPointer = true; 791 } 792 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 793 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 794 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 795 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 796 E->getSourceRange())) 797 return true; 798 799 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 800 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 801 return true; 802 } 803 804 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 805 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 806 if (!RD) 807 return false; 808 809 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 810 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 811 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 812 813 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 814 if (isPointer) 815 return false; 816 817 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 818 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 819 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 820 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 821 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 822 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 823 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 824 return true; 825 } 826 } 827 828 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 829 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 830 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 831 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 832 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 833 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 834 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 835 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 836 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 837 838 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 839 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 840 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 841 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 842 // lookup and overload resolution. 843 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 844 if (!CD) 845 continue; 846 847 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 848 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 849 850 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 851 // in the catchable type data. 852 if (CD->isTrivial()) 853 continue; 854 855 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 856 // type to this constructor. 857 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 858 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 859 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 860 // friendship or any other means). 861 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 862 863 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 864 // we must rebuild them here. 865 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 866 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I))) 867 return true; 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 876 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 877 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 878 879 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 880 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 881 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 882 883 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 884 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 885 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 886 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 887 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 888 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 889 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 890 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 891 // 892 893 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 894 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 895 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 896 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 897 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 898 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 899 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 900 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 901 902 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 903 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 904 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 905 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 906 907 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 908 continue; 909 910 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 912 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 913 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 914 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 915 ClassType.addConst(); 916 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 917 } 918 } 919 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 920 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 921 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 922 assert(CurLSI); 923 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 924 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 925 926 auto IsThisCaptured = 927 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 928 IsConst = false; 929 IsByCopy = false; 930 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 931 if (C.capturesThis()) { 932 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 933 IsByCopy = true; 934 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 935 IsConst = true; 936 return true; 937 } 938 } 939 return false; 940 }; 941 942 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 943 bool IsConstCapture = false; 944 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 945 while (Closure && 946 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 947 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 948 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 949 if (IsConstCapture) 950 ClassType.addConst(); 951 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 952 } 953 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 954 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 955 : nullptr; 956 } 957 } 958 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 959 } 960 961 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 962 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 963 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 964 965 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 966 if (method && method->isInstance()) 967 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 968 } 969 970 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 971 !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 972 973 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 974 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 975 976 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 977 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 978 // the 'this' type from it. 979 980 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 981 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 982 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 983 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 984 } 985 986 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 987 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 988 // captures '*this' by copy. 989 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 990 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 991 CurContext, Context); 992 return ThisTy; 993 } 994 995 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 996 Decl *ContextDecl, 997 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 998 bool Enabled) 999 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1000 { 1001 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1002 return; 1003 1004 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1005 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1006 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1007 else 1008 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1009 1010 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1011 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1012 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1013 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1014 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1015 1016 this->Enabled = true; 1017 } 1018 1019 1020 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1021 if (Enabled) { 1022 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1023 } 1024 } 1025 1026 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1027 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1028 const bool ByCopy) { 1029 1030 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1031 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1032 // copy'). 1033 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1034 if (ByCopy) { 1035 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1036 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1037 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1038 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1039 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1040 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1041 } 1042 1043 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1044 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1045 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1046 ICIS_NoInit); 1047 1048 Field->setImplicit(true); 1049 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1050 RD->addDecl(Field); 1051 Expr *This = 1052 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1053 if (ByCopy) { 1054 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1055 UO_Deref, 1056 This).get(); 1057 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1058 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1059 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1060 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1061 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1062 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1063 return ER.get(); 1064 } 1065 return This; 1066 } 1067 1068 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1069 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1070 const bool ByCopy) { 1071 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1072 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1073 return true; 1074 1075 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1076 1077 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1078 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1079 1080 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1081 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1082 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1083 1084 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1085 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1086 // [*this] { ... }. 1087 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1088 // capture. 1089 1090 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1091 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1092 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1093 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1094 // AND 1095 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1096 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1097 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1098 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1099 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1100 // *enclosing object* 1101 1102 1103 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1104 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1105 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1106 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1107 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1108 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1109 CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); 1110 break; 1111 } 1112 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1113 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1114 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1115 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1116 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1117 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1118 return true; 1119 } 1120 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1121 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1122 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1123 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1124 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1125 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1126 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1127 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1128 1129 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1130 NumCapturingClosures++; 1131 continue; 1132 } 1133 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1134 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1135 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1136 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1137 return true; 1138 } 1139 break; 1140 } 1141 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1142 1143 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1144 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1145 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1146 1147 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1148 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1149 // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1150 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1151 // above)). 1152 assert((!ByCopy || 1153 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1154 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1155 "*this) by copy"); 1156 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1157 // contexts. 1158 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1159 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1160 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1161 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1162 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1163 1164 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1165 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1166 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1167 // iteration. 1168 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1169 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1170 1171 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1172 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1173 ThisExpr = 1174 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1175 false/*ByCopy*/); 1176 1177 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1178 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1179 } 1180 return false; 1181 } 1182 1183 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1184 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1185 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1186 /// which the function is called. 1187 1188 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1189 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1190 1191 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1192 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1193 } 1194 1195 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1196 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1197 // type for 'this'. 1198 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1199 return false; 1200 1201 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1202 // defined. 1203 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1204 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1205 } 1206 1207 ExprResult 1208 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1209 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1210 MultiExprArg exprs, 1211 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1212 if (!TypeRep) 1213 return ExprError(); 1214 1215 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1216 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1217 if (!TInfo) 1218 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1219 1220 // Handle errors like: int({0}) 1221 if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) && 1222 LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid()) 1223 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) { 1224 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1225 << Ty << IList->getSourceRange() 1226 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc) 1227 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); 1228 LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation(); 1229 } 1230 1231 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1232 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1233 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1234 // checking for embedded typos. 1235 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1236 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1237 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1238 return Result; 1239 } 1240 1241 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1242 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1243 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1244 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1245 ExprResult 1246 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1247 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1248 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1249 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1250 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1251 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1252 1253 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1254 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1255 RParenLoc); 1256 } 1257 1258 // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1: 1259 // If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class 1260 // template argument deduction...] 1261 DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType(); 1262 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 1263 Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_deduced_class_template_not_supported); 1264 return ExprError(); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1268 assert((!ListInitialization || 1269 (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && 1270 "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1271 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1272 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1273 1274 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1275 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1276 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1277 // corresponding cast expression. 1278 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1279 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1280 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1281 } 1282 1283 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1284 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1285 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1286 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1287 // an object of type T. 1288 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1289 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1290 if (!ListInitialization) 1291 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1292 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1293 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1294 } 1295 1296 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1297 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1298 << FullRange); 1299 1300 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1301 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1302 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1303 return ExprError(); 1304 1305 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1306 InitializationKind Kind = 1307 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1308 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1309 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1310 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1311 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1312 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1313 1314 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1315 return Result; 1316 1317 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1318 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1319 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1320 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1321 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1322 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1323 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1324 // 1325 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1326 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1327 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1328 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1329 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1330 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1331 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1332 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1333 } 1334 1335 return Result; 1336 } 1337 1338 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1339 /// deallocation function. 1340 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1341 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1342 return false; 1343 1344 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1345 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1346 1347 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1348 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1349 return false; 1350 1351 unsigned UsualParams = 1; 1352 1353 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1354 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1355 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1356 S.Context.getSizeType())) 1357 ++UsualParams; 1358 1359 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1360 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1361 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1362 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) 1363 ++UsualParams; 1364 1365 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); 1366 } 1367 1368 namespace { 1369 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { 1370 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} 1371 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) 1372 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), 1373 HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { 1374 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. 1375 if (!FD) 1376 return; 1377 if (FD->getNumParams() == 3) 1378 HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; 1379 else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) { 1380 HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType(); 1381 HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; 1382 } 1383 1384 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. 1385 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) 1386 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) 1387 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); 1388 } 1389 1390 operator bool() const { return FD; } 1391 1392 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, 1393 bool WantAlign) const { 1394 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1395 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter 1396 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without 1397 // such a parameter is preferred 1398 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) 1399 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; 1400 1401 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) 1402 return HasSizeT == WantSize; 1403 1404 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. 1405 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; 1406 } 1407 1408 DeclAccessPair Found; 1409 FunctionDecl *FD; 1410 bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; 1411 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; 1412 }; 1413 } 1414 1415 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when 1416 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee 1417 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is 1418 /// not known. 1419 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { 1420 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1421 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > 1422 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1423 } 1424 1425 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of 1426 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). 1427 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( 1428 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, 1429 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { 1430 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; 1431 1432 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1433 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); 1434 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || 1435 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) 1436 continue; 1437 1438 if (!Best) { 1439 Best = Info; 1440 if (BestFns) 1441 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1442 continue; 1443 } 1444 1445 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1446 continue; 1447 1448 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred 1449 // functions are eliminated from further consideration. 1450 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1451 BestFns->clear(); 1452 1453 Best = Info; 1454 if (BestFns) 1455 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1456 } 1457 1458 return Best; 1459 } 1460 1461 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call 1462 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that 1463 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is 1464 /// trivially-destructible). 1465 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1466 QualType allocType) { 1467 const RecordType *record = 1468 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1469 if (!record) return false; 1470 1471 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1472 1473 DeclarationName deleteName = 1474 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1475 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1476 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1477 1478 // We're just doing this for information. 1479 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1480 1481 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1482 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1483 1484 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1485 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1486 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1487 1488 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1489 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 1490 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 1491 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( 1492 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, 1493 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); 1494 return Best && Best.HasSizeT; 1495 } 1496 1497 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1498 /// 1499 /// E.g.: 1500 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1501 /// or 1502 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1503 /// 1504 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1505 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1506 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1507 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1508 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1509 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1510 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1511 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1512 /// if there is none. 1513 ExprResult 1514 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1515 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1516 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1517 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1518 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1519 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1520 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1521 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1522 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1523 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) 1524 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1525 << D.getSourceRange()); 1526 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1527 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1528 << D.getSourceRange()); 1529 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1530 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1531 << D.getSourceRange()); 1532 1533 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1534 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1535 } 1536 1537 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1538 if (ArraySize) { 1539 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1540 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1541 break; 1542 1543 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1544 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1545 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1546 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1547 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1548 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1549 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1550 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1551 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1552 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1553 Array.NumElts 1554 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1555 CCEK_NewExpr) 1556 .get(); 1557 } else { 1558 Array.NumElts 1559 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1560 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1561 .get(); 1562 } 1563 if (!Array.NumElts) 1564 return ExprError(); 1565 } 1566 } 1567 } 1568 } 1569 1570 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1571 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1572 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1573 return ExprError(); 1574 1575 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1576 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1577 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1578 // Handle errors like: new int a({0}) 1579 if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 && 1580 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType)) 1581 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) { 1582 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1583 << AllocType << List->getSourceRange() 1584 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart()) 1585 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd()); 1586 DirectInitRange = SourceRange(); 1587 Initializer = IList; 1588 } 1589 } 1590 1591 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1592 PlacementLParen, 1593 PlacementArgs, 1594 PlacementRParen, 1595 TypeIdParens, 1596 AllocType, 1597 TInfo, 1598 ArraySize, 1599 DirectInitRange, 1600 Initializer); 1601 } 1602 1603 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1604 Expr *Init) { 1605 if (!Init) 1606 return true; 1607 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1608 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1609 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1610 return true; 1611 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1612 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1613 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1614 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1615 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1616 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1617 return true; 1618 } 1619 return false; 1620 } 1621 1622 ExprResult 1623 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1624 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1625 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1626 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1627 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1628 QualType AllocType, 1629 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1630 Expr *ArraySize, 1631 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1632 Expr *Initializer) { 1633 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1634 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1635 1636 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1637 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1638 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1639 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1640 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1641 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1642 else { 1643 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1644 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1645 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1646 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1647 } 1648 1649 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1650 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1651 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1652 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1653 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1654 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1655 } 1656 1657 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1658 if (AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1659 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>( 1660 AllocType->getContainedDeducedType())) 1661 return ExprError(Diag(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1662 diag::err_deduced_class_template_not_supported)); 1663 1664 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1665 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1666 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1667 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1668 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1669 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1670 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1671 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1672 if (NumInits > 1) { 1673 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1674 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1675 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1676 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1677 } 1678 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1679 QualType DeducedType; 1680 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1681 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1682 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1683 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1684 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1685 return ExprError(); 1686 AllocType = DeducedType; 1687 } 1688 1689 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1690 // typedef of an array type. 1691 if (!ArraySize) { 1692 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1693 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1694 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1695 Context.getSizeType(), 1696 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1697 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1698 } 1699 } 1700 1701 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1702 return ExprError(); 1703 1704 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1705 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1706 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1707 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1708 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1709 } 1710 1711 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1712 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1713 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1714 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1715 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1716 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1717 } 1718 1719 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1720 1721 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1722 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1723 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1724 ArraySize = result.get(); 1725 } 1726 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1727 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1728 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1729 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1730 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1731 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1732 // std::size_t. 1733 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; 1734 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1735 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1736 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1737 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1738 1739 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1740 AA_Converting); 1741 1742 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1743 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1744 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1745 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1746 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1747 } else { 1748 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1749 protected: 1750 Expr *ArraySize; 1751 1752 public: 1753 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1754 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1755 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1756 1757 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1758 QualType T) override { 1759 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1760 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1761 } 1762 1763 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1764 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1765 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1766 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1767 } 1768 1769 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1770 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1771 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1772 } 1773 1774 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1775 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1776 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1777 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1778 } 1779 1780 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1781 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1782 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1783 } 1784 1785 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1786 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1787 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1788 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1789 } 1790 1791 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1792 QualType T, 1793 QualType ConvTy) override { 1794 return S.Diag(Loc, 1795 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1796 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1797 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1798 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1799 } 1800 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1801 1802 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1803 SizeDiagnoser); 1804 } 1805 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1806 return ExprError(); 1807 1808 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1809 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1810 1811 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1812 return ExprError(); 1813 1814 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1815 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1816 // with a non-negative value. 1817 // 1818 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, 1819 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an 1820 // unparenthesized array type. 1821 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1822 llvm::APSInt Value; 1823 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1824 // unscoped enumeration type. 1825 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to 1826 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in 1827 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! 1828 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1829 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 1830 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1831 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1832 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1833 } 1834 1835 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1836 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1837 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1838 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) 1839 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1840 diag::err_array_too_large) 1841 << Value.toString(10) 1842 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1843 } 1844 1845 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); 1846 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1847 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1848 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1849 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1850 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1851 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1852 1853 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1854 } 1855 } 1856 1857 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1858 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1859 } 1860 1861 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1862 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1863 unsigned Alignment = 1864 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); 1865 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1866 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1867 Alignment > NewAlignment; 1868 1869 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1870 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1871 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1872 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1873 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, 1874 PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1875 return ExprError(); 1876 1877 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1878 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1879 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1880 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1881 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 1882 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1883 1884 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1885 if (OperatorNew) { 1886 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1887 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1888 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1889 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1890 1891 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1892 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1893 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the 1894 // alignment; we've already filled it in. 1895 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1896 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, 1897 AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1898 return ExprError(); 1899 1900 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1901 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1902 1903 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1904 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1905 1906 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1907 1908 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) 1909 // global operator new. 1910 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && 1911 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1912 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1913 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1914 if (Alignment > NewAlignment) 1915 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1916 << AllocType 1917 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) 1918 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); 1919 } 1920 } 1921 1922 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1923 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1924 // dialect distinction. 1925 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1926 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1927 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1928 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1929 return ExprError(); 1930 } 1931 1932 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1933 // do it now. 1934 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1935 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1936 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1937 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. 1938 QualType InitType; 1939 if (KnownArraySize) 1940 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 1941 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), 1942 *KnownArraySize), 1943 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1944 else if (ArraySize) 1945 InitType = 1946 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1947 else 1948 InitType = AllocType; 1949 1950 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1951 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1952 // object as follows: 1953 InitializationKind Kind 1954 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1955 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1956 // the object has indeterminate value 1957 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1958 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1959 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1960 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1961 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1962 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1963 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1964 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1965 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1966 1967 InitializedEntity Entity 1968 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1969 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 1970 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1971 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1972 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1973 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1974 return ExprError(); 1975 1976 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1977 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1978 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. 1979 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1980 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1981 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1982 1983 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1984 } 1985 1986 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1987 if (OperatorNew) { 1988 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1989 return ExprError(); 1990 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1991 } 1992 if (OperatorDelete) { 1993 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1994 return ExprError(); 1995 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1996 } 1997 1998 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1999 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 2000 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 2001 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2002 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 2003 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2004 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 2005 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 2006 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 2007 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 2008 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 2009 << BaseAllocType); 2010 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 2011 return ExprError(); 2012 } 2013 } 2014 } 2015 2016 return new (Context) 2017 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, 2018 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 2019 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 2020 Range, DirectInitRange); 2021 } 2022 2023 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 2024 /// in a new-expression. 2025 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 2026 SourceRange R) { 2027 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 2028 // abstract class type or array thereof. 2029 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 2030 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2031 << AllocType << 0 << R; 2032 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 2033 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2034 << AllocType << 1 << R; 2035 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 2036 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 2037 return true; 2038 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 2039 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2040 return true; 2041 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2042 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 2043 << AllocType; 2044 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 2045 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 2046 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2047 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 2048 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 2049 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 2050 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 2051 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 2052 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 2053 << BaseAllocType; 2054 } 2055 } 2056 2057 return false; 2058 } 2059 2060 static bool 2061 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, 2062 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment, 2063 FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2064 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr, 2065 Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) { 2066 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), 2067 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2068 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2069 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2070 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2071 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2072 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2073 2074 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2075 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2076 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, 2077 Candidates, 2078 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2079 continue; 2080 } 2081 2082 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2083 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2084 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2085 } 2086 2087 // Do the resolution. 2088 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2089 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 2090 case OR_Success: { 2091 // Got one! 2092 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2093 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2094 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) 2095 return true; 2096 2097 Operator = FnDecl; 2098 return false; 2099 } 2100 2101 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2102 // C++17 [expr.new]p13: 2103 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has 2104 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the 2105 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. 2106 if (PassAlignment) { 2107 PassAlignment = false; 2108 AlignArg = Args[1]; 2109 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2110 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2111 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg); 2112 } 2113 2114 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2115 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2116 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2117 // will not replicate that bug. 2118 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback 2119 // once MSVC implements it. 2120 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && 2121 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 2122 R.clear(); 2123 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); 2124 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2125 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. 2126 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2127 Operator, nullptr); 2128 } 2129 2130 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2131 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2132 2133 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates 2134 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from 2135 // Candidates. 2136 if (AlignedCandidates) { 2137 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { 2138 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && 2139 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); 2140 }; 2141 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; 2142 2143 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates 2144 // first. 2145 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); 2146 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", 2147 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); 2148 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2149 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), 2150 IsUnaligned); 2151 } else { 2152 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2153 } 2154 return true; 2155 2156 case OR_Ambiguous: 2157 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2158 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2159 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2160 return true; 2161 2162 case OR_Deleted: { 2163 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2164 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2165 << R.getLookupName() 2166 << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2167 << Range; 2168 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2169 return true; 2170 } 2171 } 2172 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2173 } 2174 2175 2176 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 2177 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 2178 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2179 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 2180 bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment, 2181 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 2182 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 2183 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 2184 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 2185 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 2186 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 2187 // in the scope of the allocated class. 2188 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 2189 // operator new. 2190 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 2191 // placement form. 2192 2193 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; 2194 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); 2195 2196 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. 2197 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 2198 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 2199 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. 2200 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 2201 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 2202 Context.getSizeType(), 2203 SourceLocation()); 2204 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); 2205 2206 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; 2207 if (PassAlignment) { 2208 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2209 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); 2210 } 2211 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); 2212 if (PassAlignment) 2213 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); 2214 2215 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); 2216 2217 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 2218 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 2219 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 2220 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 2221 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 2222 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 2223 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2224 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 2225 2226 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2227 2228 // Find the allocation function. 2229 { 2230 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2231 2232 // C++1z [expr.new]p9: 2233 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation 2234 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the 2235 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation 2236 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. 2237 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) 2238 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); 2239 2240 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in 2241 // multiple base classes. 2242 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2243 return true; 2244 2245 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not 2246 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the 2247 // global scope. 2248 if (R.empty()) 2249 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2250 2251 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found"); 2252 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous"); 2253 2254 // We do our own custom access checks below. 2255 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2256 2257 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, 2258 OperatorNew)) 2259 return true; 2260 } 2261 2262 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. 2263 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2264 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2265 return false; 2266 } 2267 2268 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to 2269 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. 2270 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2271 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New 2272 ? OO_Array_Delete 2273 : OO_Delete); 2274 2275 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2276 // 2277 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2278 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2279 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2280 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2281 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2282 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2283 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2284 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2285 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2286 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2287 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2288 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2289 } 2290 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2291 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2292 2293 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); 2294 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2295 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2296 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2297 } 2298 2299 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2300 2301 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2302 2303 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2304 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2305 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2306 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2307 // A *a = new A() 2308 // 2309 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" 2310 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose 2311 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). 2312 // 2313 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? 2314 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned 2315 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. 2316 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || 2317 OperatorNew->isVariadic(); 2318 2319 if (isPlacementNew) { 2320 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2321 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2322 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2323 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2324 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2325 // identical. [...] 2326 // 2327 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2328 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2329 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2330 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2331 { 2332 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2333 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2334 2335 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2336 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2337 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2338 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2339 2340 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2341 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. 2342 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2343 2344 ExpectedFunctionType 2345 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2346 } 2347 2348 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2349 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2350 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2351 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2352 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = 2353 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2354 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2355 // expected function type. 2356 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2357 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2358 Info)) 2359 continue; 2360 } else 2361 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2362 2363 if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(), 2364 ExpectedFunctionType, 2365 /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true), 2366 ExpectedFunctionType)) 2367 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2368 } 2369 2370 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2371 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2372 } else { 2373 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2374 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2375 // function lookup is used 2376 // 2377 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete 2378 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete 2379 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). 2380 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; 2381 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( 2382 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, 2383 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), 2384 &BestDeallocFns); 2385 if (Selected) 2386 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); 2387 else { 2388 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable 2389 // but ambiguous. 2390 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) 2391 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); 2392 } 2393 } 2394 2395 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2396 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2397 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2398 // deallocation function will be called. 2399 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2400 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2401 2402 // C++1z [expr.new]p23: 2403 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) 2404 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered 2405 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2406 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2407 // is ill-formed. 2408 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && 2409 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2410 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, 2411 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); 2412 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: 2413 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding 2414 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized 2415 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. 2416 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; 2417 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { 2418 auto NonSizedDelete = 2419 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, 2420 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); 2421 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && 2422 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) 2423 IsSizedDelete = false; 2424 } 2425 2426 if (IsSizedDelete) { 2427 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() 2428 ? SourceRange() 2429 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2430 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2431 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; 2432 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2433 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2434 << DeleteName; 2435 } 2436 } 2437 2438 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2439 Matches[0].first); 2440 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2441 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we 2442 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. 2443 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. 2444 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) 2445 << DeleteName << AllocElemType; 2446 2447 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2448 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), 2449 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; 2450 } 2451 2452 return false; 2453 } 2454 2455 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2456 /// delete. These are: 2457 /// @code 2458 /// // C++03: 2459 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2460 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2461 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2462 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2463 /// // C++11: 2464 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2465 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2466 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2467 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2468 /// // C++1y: 2469 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2470 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2471 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2472 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2473 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2474 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2475 /// @endcode 2476 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2477 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2478 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2479 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2480 return; 2481 2482 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2483 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2484 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2485 // program 2486 // 2487 // C++03: 2488 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2489 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2490 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2491 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2492 // C++11: 2493 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2494 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2495 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2496 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2497 // C++1y: 2498 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2499 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2500 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2501 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2502 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2503 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2504 // 2505 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2506 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2507 // 2508 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2509 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2510 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2511 // lookup. 2512 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2513 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2514 // implicitly. 2515 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2516 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2517 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2518 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2519 nullptr); 2520 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2521 } 2522 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { 2523 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it 2524 // implicitly. 2525 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( 2526 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2527 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); 2528 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); 2529 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); 2530 AlignValT->setImplicit(true); 2531 StdAlignValT = AlignValT; 2532 } 2533 2534 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2535 2536 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2537 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2538 2539 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, 2540 QualType Return, QualType Param) { 2541 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; 2542 Params.push_back(Param); 2543 2544 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). 2545 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && 2546 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); 2547 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; 2548 2549 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2550 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2551 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { 2552 if (Sized) 2553 Params.push_back(SizeT); 2554 2555 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { 2556 if (Aligned) 2557 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); 2558 2559 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2560 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); 2561 2562 if (Aligned) 2563 Params.pop_back(); 2564 } 2565 } 2566 }; 2567 2568 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2569 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2570 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2571 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2572 } 2573 2574 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2575 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2576 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2577 QualType Return, 2578 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { 2579 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2580 2581 // Check if this function is already declared. 2582 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2583 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2584 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2585 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2586 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2587 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2588 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { 2589 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; 2590 for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) 2591 FuncParams.push_back( 2592 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); 2593 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { 2594 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2595 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2596 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2597 Func->setHidden(false); 2598 return; 2599 } 2600 } 2601 } 2602 } 2603 2604 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2605 2606 QualType BadAllocType; 2607 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2608 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2609 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2610 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2611 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2612 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2613 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2614 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2615 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2616 } 2617 } else { 2618 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2619 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2620 } 2621 2622 auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) { 2623 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); 2624 FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create( 2625 Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, 2626 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2627 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2628 2629 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2630 Alloc->addAttr( 2631 VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2632 2633 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls; 2634 for (QualType T : Params) { 2635 ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create( 2636 Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T, 2637 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); 2638 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); 2639 } 2640 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); 2641 if (ExtraAttr) 2642 Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr); 2643 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2644 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2645 }; 2646 2647 if (!LangOpts.CUDA) 2648 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr); 2649 else { 2650 // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be 2651 // defined or re-declared independently. 2652 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2653 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2654 } 2655 } 2656 2657 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2658 bool CanProvideSize, 2659 bool Overaligned, 2660 DeclarationName Name) { 2661 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2662 2663 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2664 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2665 2666 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a 2667 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We 2668 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation 2669 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. 2670 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, 2671 Overaligned); 2672 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?"); 2673 return Result.FD; 2674 } 2675 2676 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, 2677 CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 2678 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2679 2680 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2681 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) 2682 return nullptr; 2683 if (OperatorDelete) 2684 return OperatorDelete; 2685 2686 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global 2687 // non-array delete. 2688 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2689 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), 2690 Name); 2691 } 2692 2693 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2694 DeclarationName Name, 2695 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2696 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2697 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2698 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2699 2700 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2701 return true; 2702 2703 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2704 2705 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); 2706 2707 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 2708 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 2709 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 2710 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; 2711 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, 2712 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); 2713 2714 // If we could find an overload, use it. 2715 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2716 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); 2717 2718 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? 2719 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2720 if (Diagnose) { 2721 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2722 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2723 } 2724 return true; 2725 } 2726 2727 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2728 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2729 return true; 2730 2731 return false; 2732 } 2733 2734 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2735 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent 2736 // is that this should never happen. 2737 if (!Matches.empty()) { 2738 if (Diagnose) { 2739 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2740 << Name << RD; 2741 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2742 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2743 } 2744 return true; 2745 } 2746 2747 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2748 // none of them were suitable. 2749 if (!Found.empty()) { 2750 if (Diagnose) { 2751 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2752 << Name << RD; 2753 2754 for (NamedDecl *D : Found) 2755 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2756 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2757 } 2758 return true; 2759 } 2760 2761 Operator = nullptr; 2762 return false; 2763 } 2764 2765 namespace { 2766 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2767 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2768 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2769 public: 2770 enum MismatchResult { 2771 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2772 NoMismatch, 2773 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2774 VarInitMismatches, 2775 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2776 MemberInitMismatches, 2777 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2778 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2779 AnalyzeLater 2780 }; 2781 2782 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2783 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2784 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2785 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2786 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2787 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2788 2789 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2790 /// matching form of new-expression. 2791 /// 2792 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2793 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2794 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2795 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2796 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2797 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2798 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2799 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2800 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2801 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2802 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2803 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2804 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2805 FieldDecl *Field; 2806 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2807 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2808 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2809 bool IsArrayForm; 2810 2811 private: 2812 const bool EndOfTU; 2813 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2814 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2815 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2816 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2817 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2818 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2819 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2820 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2821 /// 2822 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2823 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2824 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2825 /// \c NoMismatch. 2826 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2827 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2828 /// \c new. 2829 /// 2830 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2831 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2832 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2833 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2834 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2835 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2836 /// form of \c new. 2837 /// 2838 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2839 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2840 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2841 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2842 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2843 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2844 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2845 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2846 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2847 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2848 /// in-class initializer. 2849 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2850 }; 2851 } 2852 2853 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2854 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2855 NewExprs.clear(); 2856 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2857 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2858 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2859 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2860 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2861 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2862 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2863 return VarInitMismatches; 2864 } 2865 return NoMismatch; 2866 } 2867 2868 const CXXNewExpr * 2869 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2870 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2871 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2872 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2873 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2874 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2875 } 2876 2877 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2878 } 2879 2880 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2881 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2882 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2883 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2884 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2885 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2886 return true; 2887 else 2888 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2889 } 2890 return false; 2891 } 2892 2893 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2894 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2895 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2896 return false; 2897 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2898 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2899 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2900 return EndOfTU; 2901 } 2902 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2903 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2904 return true; 2905 } 2906 return false; 2907 } 2908 2909 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2910 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2911 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2912 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2913 if (!InitExpr) 2914 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2915 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2916 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2917 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2918 return MemberInitMismatches; 2919 } 2920 } 2921 return NoMismatch; 2922 } 2923 2924 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2925 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2926 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2927 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2928 this->Field = Field; 2929 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2930 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2931 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2932 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2933 return NoMismatch; 2934 } 2935 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2936 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2937 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2938 return MemberInitMismatches; 2939 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2940 : NoMismatch; 2941 } 2942 2943 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2944 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2945 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2946 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2947 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2948 return NoMismatch; 2949 } 2950 2951 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2952 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2953 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2954 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2955 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2956 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2957 } 2958 } 2959 return NewExprs.empty(); 2960 } 2961 2962 static void 2963 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2964 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2965 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2966 FixItHint H; 2967 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2968 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2969 else { 2970 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2971 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2972 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2973 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2974 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2975 } 2976 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2977 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2978 2979 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2980 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2981 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2982 } 2983 2984 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2985 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2986 return; 2987 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2988 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2989 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2990 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2991 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2992 break; 2993 } 2994 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2995 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2996 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2997 break; 2998 } 2999 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3000 break; 3001 } 3002 } 3003 3004 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 3005 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 3006 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 3007 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 3008 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 3009 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 3010 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 3011 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 3012 "translation unit."); 3013 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 3014 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 3015 break; 3016 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3017 break; 3018 } 3019 } 3020 3021 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 3022 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 3023 /// or 3024 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 3025 ExprResult 3026 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3027 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 3028 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 3029 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 3030 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 3031 // void. 3032 // 3033 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 3034 3035 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 3036 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 3037 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 3038 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 3039 3040 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 3041 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 3042 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 3043 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3044 return ExprError(); 3045 3046 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3047 3048 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 3049 public: 3050 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 3051 3052 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 3053 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 3054 // the operator T*. 3055 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3056 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3057 return true; 3058 return false; 3059 } 3060 3061 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3062 QualType T) override { 3063 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 3064 } 3065 3066 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3067 QualType T) override { 3068 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 3069 } 3070 3071 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3072 QualType T, 3073 QualType ConvTy) override { 3074 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 3075 } 3076 3077 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3078 QualType ConvTy) override { 3079 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3080 << ConvTy; 3081 } 3082 3083 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3084 QualType T) override { 3085 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 3086 } 3087 3088 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3089 QualType ConvTy) override { 3090 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3091 << ConvTy; 3092 } 3093 3094 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3095 QualType T, 3096 QualType ConvTy) override { 3097 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 3098 } 3099 } Converter; 3100 3101 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 3102 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3103 return ExprError(); 3104 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3105 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 3106 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 3107 // itself in this case. 3108 return ExprError(); 3109 3110 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3111 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 3112 3113 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 3114 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 3115 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 3116 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 3117 3118 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 3119 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 3120 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 3121 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 3122 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 3123 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 3124 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 3125 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 3126 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 3127 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 3128 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 3129 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 3130 // module but is hidden. 3131 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 3132 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 3133 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 3134 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3135 } 3136 } 3137 3138 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 3139 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 3140 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 3141 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 3142 ArrayForm = true; 3143 } 3144 3145 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3146 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 3147 3148 if (PointeeRD) { 3149 if (!UseGlobal && 3150 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 3151 OperatorDelete)) 3152 return ExprError(); 3153 3154 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 3155 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 3156 if (ArrayForm) { 3157 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 3158 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 3159 if (UseGlobal) 3160 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3161 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 3162 3163 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 3164 // function we just found. 3165 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 3166 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3167 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, 3168 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) 3169 .HasSizeT; 3170 } 3171 3172 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 3173 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3174 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 3175 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 3176 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 3177 return ExprError(); 3178 } 3179 3180 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 3181 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 3182 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 3183 SourceLocation()); 3184 } 3185 3186 if (!OperatorDelete) { 3187 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); 3188 bool CanProvideSize = 3189 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 3190 Pointee.isDestructedType()); 3191 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); 3192 3193 // Look for a global declaration. 3194 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, 3195 Overaligned, DeleteName); 3196 } 3197 3198 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3199 3200 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3201 if (PointeeRD) { 3202 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3203 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3204 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3205 } 3206 } 3207 } 3208 3209 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3210 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3211 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3212 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3213 return Result; 3214 } 3215 3216 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3217 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3218 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3219 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3220 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3221 return; 3222 3223 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3224 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3225 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3226 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3227 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3228 // behavior is undefined. 3229 // 3230 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3231 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3232 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3233 return; 3234 3235 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3236 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3237 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3238 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3239 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3240 << ClassType; 3241 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3242 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3243 // but not necessarily wrong. 3244 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3245 << ClassType; 3246 } 3247 if (!IsDelete) { 3248 std::string TypeStr; 3249 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3250 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3251 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3252 } 3253 } 3254 3255 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3256 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3257 ConditionKind CK) { 3258 ExprResult E = 3259 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3260 if (E.isInvalid()) 3261 return ConditionError(); 3262 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3263 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3264 } 3265 3266 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3267 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3268 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3269 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3270 ConditionKind CK) { 3271 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3272 return ExprError(); 3273 3274 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3275 3276 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3277 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3278 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3279 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3280 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3281 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3282 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3283 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3284 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3285 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3286 3287 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3288 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3289 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3290 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3291 3292 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3293 3294 switch (CK) { 3295 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3296 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3297 3298 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3299 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3300 3301 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3302 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3303 } 3304 3305 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3306 } 3307 3308 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3309 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3310 // C++ 6.4p4: 3311 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3312 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3313 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3314 // program is ill-formed. 3315 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3316 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3317 // 3318 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3319 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3320 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3321 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3322 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3323 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3324 } 3325 3326 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3327 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3328 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3329 /// respectively). 3330 bool 3331 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3332 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3333 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3334 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3335 3336 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3337 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3338 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3339 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3340 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3341 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3342 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3343 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3344 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3345 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3346 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3347 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3348 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3349 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3350 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3351 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3352 break; 3353 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3354 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3355 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3356 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3357 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3358 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3359 } 3360 } 3361 } 3362 3363 return false; 3364 } 3365 3366 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3367 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3368 QualType Ty, 3369 CastKind Kind, 3370 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3371 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3372 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3373 Expr *From) { 3374 switch (Kind) { 3375 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3376 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3377 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3378 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3379 3380 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3381 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3382 return ExprError(); 3383 3384 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3385 return ExprError(); 3386 3387 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3388 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3389 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3390 return ExprError(); 3391 3392 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3393 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3394 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3395 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3396 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3397 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3398 return ExprError(); 3399 3400 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3401 } 3402 3403 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3404 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3405 3406 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3407 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3408 return ExprError(); 3409 3410 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3411 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3412 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3413 HadMultipleCandidates); 3414 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3415 return ExprError(); 3416 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3417 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3418 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3419 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3420 3421 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3422 } 3423 } 3424 } 3425 3426 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3427 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3428 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3429 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3430 /// used in the error message. 3431 ExprResult 3432 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3433 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3434 AssignmentAction Action, 3435 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3436 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3437 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3438 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3439 Action, CCK); 3440 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3441 return ExprError(); 3442 From = Res.get(); 3443 break; 3444 } 3445 3446 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3447 3448 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3449 CastKind CastKind; 3450 QualType BeforeToType; 3451 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3452 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3453 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3454 3455 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3456 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3457 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3458 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3459 } else { 3460 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3461 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3462 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3463 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3464 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3465 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3466 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3467 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3468 } 3469 } 3470 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3471 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3472 ExprResult Res = 3473 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3474 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3475 CCK); 3476 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3477 return ExprError(); 3478 From = Res.get(); 3479 } 3480 3481 ExprResult CastArg 3482 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3483 From->getLocStart(), 3484 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3485 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3486 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3487 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3488 From); 3489 3490 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3491 return ExprError(); 3492 3493 From = CastArg.get(); 3494 3495 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3496 AA_Converting, CCK); 3497 } 3498 3499 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3500 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3501 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3502 << From->getSourceRange()); 3503 return ExprError(); 3504 3505 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3506 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3507 3508 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3509 bool Diagnosed = 3510 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 3511 From->getType(), From, Action); 3512 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed; 3513 return ExprError(); 3514 } 3515 3516 // Everything went well. 3517 return From; 3518 } 3519 3520 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3521 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3522 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3523 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3524 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3525 ExprResult 3526 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3527 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3528 AssignmentAction Action, 3529 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3530 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3531 3532 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3533 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3534 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3535 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3536 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3537 3538 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3539 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3540 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3541 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3542 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3543 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3544 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3545 ConstructorArgs)) 3546 return ExprError(); 3547 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3548 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3549 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3550 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3551 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3552 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3553 } 3554 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3555 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3556 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3557 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3558 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3559 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3560 } 3561 3562 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3563 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3564 DeclAccessPair Found; 3565 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3566 true, Found); 3567 if (!Fn) 3568 return ExprError(); 3569 3570 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3571 return ExprError(); 3572 3573 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3574 FromType = From->getType(); 3575 } 3576 3577 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3578 // non-atomic type. 3579 QualType ToAtomicType; 3580 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3581 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3582 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3583 } 3584 3585 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3586 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3587 switch (SCS.First) { 3588 case ICK_Identity: 3589 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3590 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3591 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3592 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3593 } 3594 break; 3595 3596 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3597 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3598 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3599 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3600 From = FromRes.get(); 3601 FromType = From->getType(); 3602 break; 3603 } 3604 3605 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3606 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3607 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3608 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3609 break; 3610 3611 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3612 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3613 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3614 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3615 break; 3616 3617 default: 3618 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3619 } 3620 3621 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3622 switch (SCS.Second) { 3623 case ICK_Identity: 3624 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3625 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3626 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3627 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3628 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3629 switch (Action) { 3630 case AA_Assigning: 3631 case AA_Initializing: 3632 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3633 case AA_Passing: 3634 case AA_Returning: 3635 case AA_Sending: 3636 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3637 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3638 return ExprError(); 3639 break; 3640 3641 case AA_Casting: 3642 case AA_Converting: 3643 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3644 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3645 break; 3646 } 3647 // Nothing else to do. 3648 break; 3649 3650 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3651 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3652 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3653 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3654 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3655 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3656 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3657 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3658 } else { 3659 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3660 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3661 } 3662 break; 3663 3664 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3665 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3666 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3667 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3668 break; 3669 3670 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3671 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3672 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3673 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3674 CastKind CK; 3675 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3676 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3677 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3678 else 3679 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3680 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3681 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3682 } else { 3683 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3684 } 3685 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3686 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3687 break; 3688 } 3689 3690 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3691 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3692 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3693 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3694 else 3695 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3696 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3697 break; 3698 3699 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3700 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3701 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3702 break; 3703 3704 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3705 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3706 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3707 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3708 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3709 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3710 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3711 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3712 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3713 else 3714 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3715 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3716 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3717 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3718 3719 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3720 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3721 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3722 } 3723 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3724 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3725 From->getType())) { 3726 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3727 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3728 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3729 else 3730 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3731 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3732 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3733 << From->getSourceRange(); 3734 } 3735 3736 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3737 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3738 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3739 return ExprError(); 3740 3741 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3742 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3743 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3744 ExprResult E = From; 3745 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3746 From = E.get(); 3747 } 3748 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3749 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3750 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3751 .get(); 3752 break; 3753 } 3754 3755 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3756 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3757 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3758 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3759 return ExprError(); 3760 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3761 return ExprError(); 3762 3763 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3764 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3765 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3766 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3767 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3768 } 3769 3770 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3771 .get(); 3772 break; 3773 } 3774 3775 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3776 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3777 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3778 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3779 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3780 } 3781 3782 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3783 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3784 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3785 break; 3786 3787 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3788 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3789 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3790 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3791 From->getLocStart(), 3792 From->getSourceRange(), 3793 &BasePath, 3794 CStyle)) 3795 return ExprError(); 3796 3797 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3798 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3799 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3800 break; 3801 } 3802 3803 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3804 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3805 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3806 break; 3807 3808 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3809 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3810 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3811 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3812 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3813 break; 3814 } 3815 3816 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3817 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3818 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3819 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3820 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3821 3822 // x -> y 3823 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3824 // do nothing 3825 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3826 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3827 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3828 } else { 3829 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3830 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3831 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3832 } 3833 // y -> _Complex y 3834 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3835 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3836 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3837 3838 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3839 } else { 3840 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3841 assert(FromComplex); 3842 3843 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3844 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3845 3846 // _Complex x -> x 3847 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3848 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3849 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3850 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3851 3852 // x -> y 3853 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3854 // do nothing 3855 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3856 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3857 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3858 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3859 } else { 3860 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3861 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3862 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3863 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3864 } 3865 } 3866 break; 3867 3868 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3869 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3870 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3871 break; 3872 } 3873 3874 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3875 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3876 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3877 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3878 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3879 return ExprError(); 3880 From = FromRes.get(); 3881 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3882 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3883 (void)ConvTy; 3884 break; 3885 } 3886 3887 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3888 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3889 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3890 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3891 break; 3892 3893 case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: 3894 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3895 CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, 3896 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3897 break; 3898 3899 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3900 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3901 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3902 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3903 case ICK_Qualification: 3904 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3905 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3906 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: 3907 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3908 } 3909 3910 switch (SCS.Third) { 3911 case ICK_Identity: 3912 // Nothing to do. 3913 break; 3914 3915 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3916 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3917 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3918 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3919 return ExprError(); 3920 3921 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3922 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3923 break; 3924 3925 case ICK_Qualification: { 3926 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3927 // target type isn't a reference. 3928 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3929 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3930 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3931 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3932 3933 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3934 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3935 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3936 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3937 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3938 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3939 } 3940 3941 break; 3942 } 3943 3944 default: 3945 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3946 } 3947 3948 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3949 // that conversion now. 3950 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3951 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3952 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3953 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3954 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3955 } 3956 3957 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3958 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3959 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3960 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3961 From->getLocStart()); 3962 3963 return From; 3964 } 3965 3966 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3967 /// 3968 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3969 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3970 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3971 /// returns true. 3972 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3973 SourceLocation Loc, 3974 QualType ArgTy) { 3975 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3976 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3977 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3978 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3979 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3980 // must be a complete type. 3981 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3982 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3983 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3984 switch (UTT) { 3985 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3986 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3987 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3988 // Fall-through 3989 3990 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3991 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3992 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3993 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3994 case UTT_IsVoid: 3995 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3996 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3997 case UTT_IsArray: 3998 case UTT_IsPointer: 3999 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4000 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4001 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4002 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4003 case UTT_IsEnum: 4004 case UTT_IsUnion: 4005 case UTT_IsClass: 4006 case UTT_IsFunction: 4007 case UTT_IsReference: 4008 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4009 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4010 case UTT_IsObject: 4011 case UTT_IsScalar: 4012 case UTT_IsCompound: 4013 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4014 // Fall-through 4015 4016 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 4017 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 4018 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 4019 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 4020 // Table 49. 4021 case UTT_IsConst: 4022 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4023 case UTT_IsSigned: 4024 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4025 4026 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 4027 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4028 return true; 4029 4030 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4031 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 4032 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4033 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4034 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4035 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4036 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4037 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4038 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4039 return true; 4040 4041 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4042 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 4043 case UTT_IsFinal: 4044 case UTT_IsSealed: 4045 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4046 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4047 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4048 return true; 4049 4050 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 4051 // applied to a complete type. 4052 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4053 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4054 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4055 case UTT_IsPOD: 4056 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4057 4058 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4059 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4060 // Fall-through 4061 4062 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 4063 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 4064 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 4065 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 4066 // requiring the complete type. 4067 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4068 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4069 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4070 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4071 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4072 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4073 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4074 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4075 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4076 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4077 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4078 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 4079 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 4080 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4081 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 4082 4083 // The void type is expressly allowed. 4084 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 4085 return true; 4086 4087 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4088 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4089 } 4090 } 4091 4092 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 4093 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 4094 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 4095 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 4096 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 4097 { 4098 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4099 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 4100 return true; 4101 4102 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 4103 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 4104 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 4105 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 4106 bool FoundOperator = false; 4107 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 4108 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 4109 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 4110 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 4111 continue; 4112 4113 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 4114 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 4115 FoundOperator = true; 4116 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4117 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4118 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4119 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4120 return false; 4121 } 4122 } 4123 return FoundOperator; 4124 } 4125 return false; 4126 } 4127 4128 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 4129 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 4130 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4131 4132 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 4133 switch(UTT) { 4134 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4135 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 4136 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 4137 case UTT_IsVoid: 4138 return T->isVoidType(); 4139 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4140 return T->isIntegralType(C); 4141 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4142 return T->isFloatingType(); 4143 case UTT_IsArray: 4144 return T->isArrayType(); 4145 case UTT_IsPointer: 4146 return T->isPointerType(); 4147 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4148 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 4149 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4150 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 4151 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4152 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 4153 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4154 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 4155 case UTT_IsEnum: 4156 return T->isEnumeralType(); 4157 case UTT_IsUnion: 4158 return T->isUnionType(); 4159 case UTT_IsClass: 4160 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 4161 case UTT_IsFunction: 4162 return T->isFunctionType(); 4163 4164 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 4165 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 4166 case UTT_IsReference: 4167 return T->isReferenceType(); 4168 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4169 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 4170 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4171 return T->isFundamentalType(); 4172 case UTT_IsObject: 4173 return T->isObjectType(); 4174 case UTT_IsScalar: 4175 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 4176 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 4177 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 4178 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 4179 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 4180 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4181 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4182 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4183 return true; 4184 4185 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4186 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4187 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4188 return false; 4189 } 4190 } 4191 4192 return T->isScalarType(); 4193 case UTT_IsCompound: 4194 return T->isCompoundType(); 4195 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4196 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 4197 4198 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 4199 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 4200 case UTT_IsConst: 4201 return T.isConstQualified(); 4202 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4203 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 4204 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4205 return T.isTrivialType(C); 4206 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4207 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 4208 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4209 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4210 case UTT_IsPOD: 4211 return T.isPODType(C); 4212 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4213 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4214 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4215 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4216 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4217 return false; 4218 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4219 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4220 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4221 return false; 4222 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4223 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4224 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4225 return false; 4226 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4227 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4228 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4229 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4230 return false; 4231 case UTT_IsFinal: 4232 case UTT_IsSealed: 4233 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4234 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4235 return false; 4236 case UTT_IsSigned: 4237 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4238 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4239 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4240 4241 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4242 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4243 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4244 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4245 // specifications. 4246 // 4247 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4248 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4249 // 4250 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4251 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4252 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4253 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4254 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4255 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4256 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4257 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4258 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4259 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4260 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4261 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4262 return true; 4263 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4264 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4265 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4266 return false; 4267 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4268 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4269 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4270 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4271 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4272 return true; 4273 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4274 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4275 return false; 4276 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4277 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4278 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4279 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4280 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4281 // is true, else it is false. 4282 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4283 return true; 4284 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4285 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4286 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4287 return false; 4288 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4289 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4290 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4291 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4292 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4293 return true; 4294 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4295 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4296 return false; 4297 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4298 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4299 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4300 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4301 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4302 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4303 // true, else it is false. 4304 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4305 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4306 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4307 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4308 // [class.copy]p12). 4309 4310 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4311 return false; 4312 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4313 return true; 4314 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4315 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4316 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4317 return false; 4318 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4319 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4320 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4321 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4322 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4323 return true; 4324 4325 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4326 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4327 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4328 return true; 4329 4330 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4331 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4332 // false. 4333 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4334 return false; 4335 4336 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4337 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4338 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4339 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4340 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4341 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4342 if (!Destructor) 4343 return false; 4344 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4345 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4346 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4347 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4348 return false; 4349 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4350 return false; 4351 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4352 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4353 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4354 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4355 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4356 return false; 4357 } 4358 } 4359 return true; 4360 4361 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4362 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4363 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4364 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4365 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4366 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4367 // false. 4368 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4369 return true; 4370 4371 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4372 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4373 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4374 return true; 4375 4376 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4377 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4378 return false; 4379 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4380 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4381 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4382 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4383 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4384 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4385 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4386 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4387 // false. 4388 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4389 return false; 4390 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4391 return false; 4392 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4393 return true; 4394 4395 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4396 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4397 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4398 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4399 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4400 return false; 4401 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4402 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4403 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4404 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4405 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4406 return true; 4407 4408 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4409 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4410 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4411 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4412 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4413 return false; 4414 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4415 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4416 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4417 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4418 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4419 // false. 4420 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4421 return true; 4422 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4423 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4424 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4425 return true; 4426 4427 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4428 unsigned FoundTQs; 4429 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4430 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4431 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4432 // resolution point. 4433 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4434 continue; 4435 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4436 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4437 continue; 4438 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4439 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4440 FoundConstructor = true; 4441 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4442 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4443 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4444 if (!CPT) 4445 return false; 4446 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4447 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4448 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4449 return false; 4450 } 4451 } 4452 4453 return FoundConstructor; 4454 } 4455 return false; 4456 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4457 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4458 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4459 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4460 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4461 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4462 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4463 return true; 4464 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4465 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4466 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4467 return true; 4468 4469 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4470 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4471 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4472 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4473 continue; 4474 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4475 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4476 continue; 4477 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4478 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4479 FoundConstructor = true; 4480 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4481 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4482 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4483 if (!CPT) 4484 return false; 4485 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4486 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4487 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4488 return false; 4489 } 4490 } 4491 return FoundConstructor; 4492 } 4493 return false; 4494 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4495 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4496 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4497 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4498 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4499 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4500 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4501 return false; 4502 4503 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4504 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4505 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4506 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4507 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4508 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4509 // function call. 4510 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4511 } 4512 } 4513 4514 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4515 /// ARC mode. 4516 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4517 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4518 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4519 return false; 4520 4521 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4522 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4523 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4524 return true; 4525 4526 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4527 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4528 } 4529 4530 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4531 } 4532 4533 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4534 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4535 4536 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4537 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4538 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4539 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4540 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4541 4542 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4543 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4544 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4545 4546 switch (Kind) { 4547 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4548 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4549 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4550 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4551 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4552 // 4553 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4554 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4555 // no operation that is not trivial. 4556 // 4557 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4558 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4559 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4560 // variable t: 4561 // 4562 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4563 assert(!Args.empty()); 4564 4565 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4566 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4567 // unknown bound. 4568 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4569 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4570 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4571 continue; 4572 4573 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4574 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4575 return false; 4576 } 4577 4578 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4579 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4580 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4581 return false; 4582 4583 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4584 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4585 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4586 return false; 4587 4588 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4589 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4590 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4591 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4592 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4593 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4594 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4595 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4596 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4597 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4598 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4599 } 4600 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4601 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4602 4603 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4604 // trap at translation unit scope. 4605 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4606 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4607 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4608 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4609 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4610 RParenLoc)); 4611 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4612 if (Init.Failed()) 4613 return false; 4614 4615 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4616 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4617 return false; 4618 4619 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4620 return true; 4621 4622 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4623 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4624 4625 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4626 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4627 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4628 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4629 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4630 return false; 4631 4632 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4633 // calls. 4634 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4635 } 4636 4637 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4638 return false; 4639 } 4640 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4641 } 4642 4643 return false; 4644 } 4645 4646 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4647 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4648 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4649 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4650 4651 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4652 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4653 return ExprError(); 4654 4655 bool Dependent = false; 4656 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4657 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4658 Dependent = true; 4659 break; 4660 } 4661 } 4662 4663 bool Result = false; 4664 if (!Dependent) 4665 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4666 4667 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4668 RParenLoc, Result); 4669 } 4670 4671 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4672 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4673 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4674 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4675 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4676 4677 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4678 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4679 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4680 if (!TInfo) 4681 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4682 4683 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4684 } 4685 4686 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4687 } 4688 4689 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4690 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4691 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4692 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4693 4694 switch(BTT) { 4695 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4696 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4697 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4698 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4699 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4700 4701 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4702 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4703 4704 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4705 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4706 4707 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4708 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4709 4710 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4711 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4712 4713 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4714 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4715 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4716 // complete type. 4717 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4718 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4719 return false; 4720 4721 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4722 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4723 } 4724 case BTT_IsSame: 4725 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4726 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4727 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4728 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4729 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4730 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4731 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4732 // Given the following function prototype: 4733 // 4734 // template <class T> 4735 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4736 // 4737 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4738 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4739 // the return expression in the following code would be 4740 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4741 // type of the function: 4742 // 4743 // To test() { 4744 // return create<From>(); 4745 // } 4746 // 4747 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4748 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4749 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4750 // is considered. 4751 // 4752 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4753 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4754 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4755 4756 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4757 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4758 return false; 4759 4760 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4761 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4762 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4763 4764 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4765 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4766 return false; 4767 4768 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4769 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4770 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4771 4772 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4773 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4774 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4775 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4776 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4777 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4778 SourceLocation())); 4779 4780 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4781 // trap at translation unit scope. 4782 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4783 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4784 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4785 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4786 if (Init.Failed()) 4787 return false; 4788 4789 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4790 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4791 } 4792 4793 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4794 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4795 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4796 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4797 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4798 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4799 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4800 // 4801 // is_assignable is defined as: 4802 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4803 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4804 // 4805 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4806 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4807 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4808 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4809 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4810 return false; 4811 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4812 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4813 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4814 return false; 4815 4816 // cv void is never assignable. 4817 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4818 return false; 4819 4820 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4821 // declval<U>(). 4822 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4823 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4824 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4825 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4826 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4827 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4828 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4829 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4830 4831 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4832 // trap at translation unit scope. 4833 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4834 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4835 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4836 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4837 &Rhs); 4838 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4839 return false; 4840 4841 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4842 return true; 4843 4844 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4845 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4846 4847 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4848 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4849 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4850 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4851 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4852 return false; 4853 4854 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4855 } 4856 4857 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4858 return false; 4859 } 4860 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4861 } 4862 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4863 } 4864 4865 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4866 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4867 ParsedType Ty, 4868 Expr* DimExpr, 4869 SourceLocation RParen) { 4870 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4871 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4872 if (!TSInfo) 4873 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4874 4875 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4876 } 4877 4878 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4879 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4880 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4881 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4882 4883 switch(ATT) { 4884 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4885 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4886 unsigned Dim = 0; 4887 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4888 ++Dim; 4889 T = AT->getElementType(); 4890 } 4891 return Dim; 4892 } 4893 return 0; 4894 4895 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4896 llvm::APSInt Value; 4897 uint64_t Dim; 4898 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4899 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4900 false).isInvalid()) 4901 return 0; 4902 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4903 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4904 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4905 return 0; 4906 } 4907 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4908 4909 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4910 unsigned D = 0; 4911 bool Matched = false; 4912 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4913 if (Dim == D) { 4914 Matched = true; 4915 break; 4916 } 4917 ++D; 4918 T = AT->getElementType(); 4919 } 4920 4921 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4922 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4923 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4924 } 4925 } 4926 return 0; 4927 } 4928 } 4929 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4930 } 4931 4932 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4933 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4934 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4935 Expr* DimExpr, 4936 SourceLocation RParen) { 4937 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4938 4939 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4940 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4941 uint64_t Value = 0; 4942 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4943 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4944 4945 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4946 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4947 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4948 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4949 // important distinction. 4950 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4951 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4952 } 4953 4954 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4955 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4956 Expr *Queried, 4957 SourceLocation RParen) { 4958 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4959 if (!Queried) 4960 return ExprError(); 4961 4962 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4963 4964 return Result; 4965 } 4966 4967 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4968 switch (ET) { 4969 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4970 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4971 } 4972 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4973 } 4974 4975 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4976 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4977 Expr *Queried, 4978 SourceLocation RParen) { 4979 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4980 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4981 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4982 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4983 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4984 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4985 } 4986 4987 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4988 4989 return new (Context) 4990 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4991 } 4992 4993 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4994 ExprValueKind &VK, 4995 SourceLocation Loc, 4996 bool isIndirect) { 4997 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4998 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4999 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 5000 5001 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the 5002 // temporary materialization conversion otherwise. 5003 if (isIndirect) 5004 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5005 else if (LHS.get()->isRValue()) 5006 LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get()); 5007 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 5008 return QualType(); 5009 5010 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 5011 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5012 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 5013 5014 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 5015 // C++ 5.5p2 5016 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 5017 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 5018 // class type) [...] 5019 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5020 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 5021 if (!MemPtr) { 5022 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 5023 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5024 return QualType(); 5025 } 5026 5027 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 5028 5029 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 5030 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 5031 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 5032 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 5033 // likely to be considered a defect. 5034 5035 // C++ 5.5p2 5036 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 5037 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 5038 // such a class] 5039 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 5040 if (isIndirect) { 5041 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5042 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5043 else { 5044 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 5045 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 5046 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 5047 return QualType(); 5048 } 5049 } 5050 5051 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 5052 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 5053 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 5054 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 5055 return QualType(); 5056 } 5057 5058 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 5059 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 5060 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 5061 return QualType(); 5062 } 5063 5064 CXXCastPath BasePath; 5065 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 5066 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 5067 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 5068 &BasePath)) 5069 return QualType(); 5070 5071 // Cast LHS to type of use. 5072 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 5073 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5074 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 5075 &BasePath); 5076 } 5077 5078 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 5079 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 5080 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 5081 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 5082 return QualType(); 5083 } 5084 5085 // C++ 5.5p2 5086 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 5087 // second operand. 5088 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 5089 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 5090 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5091 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 5092 5093 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5094 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 5095 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 5096 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 5097 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 5098 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 5099 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5100 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 5101 case RQ_None: 5102 // Do nothing 5103 break; 5104 5105 case RQ_LValue: 5106 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 5107 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5108 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5109 break; 5110 5111 case RQ_RValue: 5112 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 5113 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5114 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5115 break; 5116 } 5117 } 5118 5119 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5120 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 5121 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 5122 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 5123 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 5124 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 5125 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 5126 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 5127 VK = VK_RValue; 5128 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 5129 } else if (isIndirect) { 5130 VK = VK_LValue; 5131 } else { 5132 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5133 } 5134 5135 return Result; 5136 } 5137 5138 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 5139 /// 5140 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5141 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 5142 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 5143 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 5144 /// as such. 5145 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 5146 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5147 bool &HaveConversion, 5148 QualType &ToType) { 5149 HaveConversion = false; 5150 ToType = To->getType(); 5151 5152 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 5153 SourceLocation()); 5154 // C++11 5.16p3 5155 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 5156 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 5157 // as follows: 5158 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5159 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 5160 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 5161 // an lvalue. 5162 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5163 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 5164 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 5165 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 5166 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 5167 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 5168 5169 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5170 5171 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5172 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 5173 ToType = T; 5174 HaveConversion = true; 5175 return false; 5176 } 5177 5178 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5179 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5180 } 5181 5182 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 5183 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 5184 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 5185 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 5186 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 5187 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5188 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5189 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 5190 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 5191 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 5192 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 5193 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 5194 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 5195 // [cv2 > cv1]. 5196 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 5197 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 5198 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5199 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5200 if (InitSeq) { 5201 HaveConversion = true; 5202 return false; 5203 } 5204 5205 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5206 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5207 } 5208 } 5209 5210 return false; 5211 } 5212 5213 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5214 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 5215 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 5216 // an rvalue). 5217 // 5218 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5219 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5220 TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context); 5221 5222 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5223 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5224 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5225 ToType = TTy; 5226 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5227 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5228 5229 return false; 5230 } 5231 5232 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5233 /// 5234 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5235 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5236 /// conversion to a common type. 5237 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5238 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5239 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5240 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5241 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5242 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5243 CandidateSet); 5244 5245 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5246 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5247 case OR_Success: { 5248 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5249 ExprResult LHSRes = 5250 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5251 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5252 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5253 break; 5254 LHS = LHSRes; 5255 5256 ExprResult RHSRes = 5257 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5258 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5259 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5260 break; 5261 RHS = RHSRes; 5262 if (Best->Function) 5263 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5264 return false; 5265 } 5266 5267 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5268 5269 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5270 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5271 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5272 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5273 return true; 5274 5275 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5276 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5277 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5278 return true; 5279 5280 case OR_Ambiguous: 5281 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5282 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5283 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5284 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5285 // the viable candidates. 5286 break; 5287 5288 case OR_Deleted: 5289 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5290 } 5291 return true; 5292 } 5293 5294 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5295 /// TryClassUnification. 5296 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5297 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5298 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5299 SourceLocation()); 5300 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5301 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5302 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5303 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5304 return true; 5305 5306 E = Result; 5307 return false; 5308 } 5309 5310 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5311 /// 5312 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5313 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5314 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5315 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5316 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5317 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5318 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5319 // interface pointers. 5320 5321 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5322 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5323 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5324 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5325 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5326 return QualType(); 5327 Cond = CondRes; 5328 } 5329 5330 // Assume r-value. 5331 VK = VK_RValue; 5332 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5333 5334 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5335 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5336 return Context.DependentTy; 5337 5338 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5339 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5340 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5341 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5342 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5343 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5344 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5345 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5346 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5347 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5348 // and value category of the other. 5349 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5350 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5351 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5352 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5353 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5354 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5355 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5356 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5357 return NonThrow->getType(); 5358 } 5359 5360 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5361 // type void and is a prvalue. 5362 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5363 return Context.VoidTy; 5364 5365 // Neither holds, error. 5366 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5367 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5368 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5369 return QualType(); 5370 } 5371 5372 // Neither is void. 5373 5374 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5375 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5376 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5377 // those operands to the type of the other. 5378 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5379 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5380 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5381 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5382 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5383 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5384 return QualType(); 5385 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5386 return QualType(); 5387 5388 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5389 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5390 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5391 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5392 return QualType(); 5393 } 5394 5395 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5396 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5397 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5398 if (HaveL2R) { 5399 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5400 return QualType(); 5401 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5402 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5403 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5404 return QualType(); 5405 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5406 } 5407 } 5408 5409 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5410 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5411 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5412 // operands to the type of the other. 5413 // FIXME: 5414 // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where 5415 // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order 5416 // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. 5417 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5418 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5419 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5420 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5421 // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above. 5422 // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here? 5423 bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion; 5424 if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5425 QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase, 5426 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5427 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5428 // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind 5429 // directly [...] 5430 !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5431 !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5432 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5433 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5434 } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5435 QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, 5436 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5437 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5438 !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5439 !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5440 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5441 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5442 } 5443 } 5444 5445 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5446 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5447 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5448 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5449 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5450 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5451 // l-values. 5452 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5453 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5454 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5455 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5456 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5457 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5458 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5459 OK = OK_BitField; 5460 5461 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5462 // exception specifications, if any. 5463 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5464 Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers(); 5465 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5466 /*ConvertArgs*/false); 5467 LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs); 5468 5469 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5470 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5471 assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type"); 5472 } 5473 5474 return LTy; 5475 } 5476 5477 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5478 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5479 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5480 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5481 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5482 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5483 // program is ill-formed. 5484 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5485 return QualType(); 5486 } 5487 5488 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5489 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5490 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5491 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5492 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5493 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5494 return QualType(); 5495 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5496 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5497 5498 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5499 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5500 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5501 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5502 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5503 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5504 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5505 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5506 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5507 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5508 5509 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5510 SourceLocation(), 5511 LHS); 5512 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5513 return QualType(); 5514 5515 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5516 SourceLocation(), 5517 RHS); 5518 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5519 return QualType(); 5520 5521 LHS = LHSCopy; 5522 RHS = RHSCopy; 5523 } 5524 5525 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5526 // exception specifications, if any. 5527 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5528 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5529 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5530 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5531 } 5532 5533 return LTy; 5534 } 5535 5536 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5537 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5538 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5539 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5540 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5541 5542 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5543 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5544 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5545 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5546 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5547 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5548 return QualType(); 5549 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5550 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5551 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5552 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5553 return QualType(); 5554 } 5555 5556 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5557 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5558 5559 return ResTy; 5560 } 5561 5562 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5563 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5564 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5565 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5566 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5567 // pointer type. 5568 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5569 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5570 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5571 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5572 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5573 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5574 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5575 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5576 return Composite; 5577 5578 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5579 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5580 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5581 return Composite; 5582 5583 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5584 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5585 return QualType(); 5586 5587 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5588 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5589 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5590 return QualType(); 5591 } 5592 5593 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo 5594 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1, 5595 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2, 5596 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) { 5597 ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type; 5598 ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type; 5599 5600 // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result. 5601 if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1; 5602 if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2; 5603 if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1; 5604 if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2; 5605 5606 // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other. 5607 if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2; 5608 if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1; 5609 if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2; 5610 if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1; 5611 5612 // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that 5613 // determines the result. 5614 if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr && 5615 !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5616 return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1; 5617 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr && 5618 !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5619 return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2; 5620 // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're 5621 // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely, 5622 // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never 5623 // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite 5624 // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen. 5625 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 5626 assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && 5627 "computing composite pointer type of dependent types"); 5628 return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); 5629 } 5630 5631 // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to 5632 // update this function. 5633 switch (EST1) { 5634 case EST_None: 5635 case EST_DynamicNone: 5636 case EST_MSAny: 5637 case EST_BasicNoexcept: 5638 case EST_ComputedNoexcept: 5639 llvm_unreachable("handled above"); 5640 5641 case EST_Dynamic: { 5642 // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form 5643 // the union of the two lists. 5644 assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled"); 5645 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found; 5646 for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions}) 5647 for (QualType E : Exceptions) 5648 if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second) 5649 ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E); 5650 5651 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic); 5652 Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; 5653 return Result; 5654 } 5655 5656 case EST_Unevaluated: 5657 case EST_Uninstantiated: 5658 case EST_Unparsed: 5659 llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here"); 5660 } 5661 5662 llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType"); 5663 } 5664 5665 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5666 /// 5667 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5668 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this 5669 /// type and returns it. 5670 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5671 /// 5672 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5673 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5674 /// 5675 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type. 5676 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5677 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5678 bool ConvertArgs) { 5679 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5680 5681 // C++1z [expr]p14: 5682 // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1 5683 // and T2 5684 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5685 5686 // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or 5687 // std::nullptr_t is: 5688 bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() || 5689 T1->isNullPtrType(); 5690 bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() || 5691 T2->isNullPtrType(); 5692 if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike) 5693 return QualType(); 5694 5695 // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t; 5696 // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this 5697 // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case. 5698 // 5699 // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively; 5700 if (T1IsPointerLike && 5701 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5702 if (ConvertArgs) 5703 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType() 5704 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5705 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5706 return T1; 5707 } 5708 if (T2IsPointerLike && 5709 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5710 if (ConvertArgs) 5711 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType() 5712 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5713 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5714 return T2; 5715 } 5716 5717 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5718 if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike) 5719 return QualType(); 5720 assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && 5721 "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant"); 5722 5723 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is 5724 // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is 5725 // the union of cv1 and cv2; 5726 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is 5727 // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same, 5728 // "pointer to function"; 5729 // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept 5730 // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also 5731 // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to; 5732 // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or 5733 // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified 5734 // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied 5735 // before checking the following rules. 5736 // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1 5737 // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), 5738 // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1, 5739 // respectively; 5740 // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer 5741 // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or 5742 // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and 5743 // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively; 5744 // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and 5745 // T2; 5746 // 5747 // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing. 5748 // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try 5749 // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two 5750 // composite types are the same, we have succeeded. 5751 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5752 // 5753 // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer 5754 // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final 5755 // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally 5756 // exists. 5757 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion; 5758 SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass; 5759 QualType Composite1 = T1; 5760 QualType Composite2 = T2; 5761 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5762 while (true) { 5763 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5764 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5765 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5766 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5767 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5768 5769 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5770 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5771 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5772 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5773 5774 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5775 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5776 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5777 continue; 5778 } 5779 5780 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5781 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5782 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5783 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5784 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5785 5786 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5787 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5788 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5789 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5790 5791 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5792 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5793 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5794 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5795 continue; 5796 } 5797 5798 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5799 5800 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5801 break; 5802 } 5803 5804 // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already 5805 // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than 5806 // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling 5807 // IsFunctionConversion. 5808 // 5809 // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we 5810 // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would 5811 // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on 5812 // the side(s) where we changed anything. 5813 if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) { 5814 if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5815 if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5816 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo(); 5817 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo(); 5818 5819 // The result is noreturn if both operands are. 5820 bool Noreturn = 5821 EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn(); 5822 EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5823 EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5824 5825 // The result is nothrow if both operands are. 5826 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; 5827 EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec = 5828 mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec, 5829 ExceptionTypeStorage); 5830 5831 Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(), 5832 FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1); 5833 Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(), 5834 FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2); 5835 } 5836 } 5837 } 5838 5839 if (NeedConstBefore) { 5840 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5841 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5842 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5843 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) 5844 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) 5845 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5846 } 5847 5848 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5849 auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5850 for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) { 5851 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); 5852 auto Classes = *MOC++; 5853 if (Classes.first && Classes.second) { 5854 // Rebuild member pointer type 5855 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5856 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first); 5857 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5858 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second); 5859 } else { 5860 // Rebuild pointer type 5861 Composite1 = 5862 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5863 Composite2 = 5864 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5865 } 5866 } 5867 5868 struct Conversion { 5869 Sema &S; 5870 Expr *&E1, *&E2; 5871 QualType Composite; 5872 InitializedEntity Entity; 5873 InitializationKind Kind; 5874 InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC; 5875 bool Viable; 5876 5877 Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5878 QualType Composite) 5879 : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite), 5880 Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)), 5881 Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())), 5882 E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2), 5883 Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {} 5884 5885 bool perform() { 5886 ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1); 5887 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5888 return true; 5889 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5890 5891 ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2); 5892 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5893 return true; 5894 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5895 5896 return false; 5897 } 5898 }; 5899 5900 // Try to convert to each composite pointer type. 5901 Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1); 5902 if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5903 if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform()) 5904 return QualType(); 5905 return C1.Composite; 5906 } 5907 Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2); 5908 5909 if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) { 5910 // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or 5911 // neither is viable. 5912 // FIXME: How both be viable and different? 5913 return QualType(); 5914 } 5915 5916 // Convert to the chosen type. 5917 if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform()) 5918 return QualType(); 5919 5920 return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite; 5921 } 5922 5923 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5924 if (!E) 5925 return ExprError(); 5926 5927 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5928 5929 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5930 if (!E->isRValue()) 5931 return E; 5932 5933 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5934 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5935 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5936 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5937 5938 bool ReturnsRetained; 5939 5940 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5941 // called value. 5942 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5943 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5944 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5945 5946 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5947 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5948 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5949 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5950 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5951 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5952 } 5953 5954 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5955 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5956 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5957 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5958 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5959 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5960 5961 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5962 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5963 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5964 5965 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5966 // type always produce a +1 object. 5967 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5968 ReturnsRetained = true; 5969 5970 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5971 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5972 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5973 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5974 return E; 5975 5976 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5977 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5978 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5979 } else { 5980 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5981 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5982 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5983 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5984 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5985 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5986 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5987 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5988 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5989 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5990 } 5991 5992 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5993 5994 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5995 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5996 // return an object. 5997 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5998 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5999 return E; 6000 } 6001 6002 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 6003 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 6004 return E; 6005 6006 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6007 6008 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 6009 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 6010 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 6011 VK_RValue); 6012 } 6013 6014 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6015 return E; 6016 6017 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 6018 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 6019 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 6020 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 6021 while (!RT) { 6022 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 6023 case Type::Record: 6024 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 6025 break; 6026 case Type::ConstantArray: 6027 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6028 case Type::VariableArray: 6029 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 6030 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 6031 break; 6032 default: 6033 return E; 6034 } 6035 } 6036 6037 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 6038 // not processing a decltype expression. 6039 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6040 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 6041 return E; 6042 6043 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 6044 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 6045 6046 if (Destructor) { 6047 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6048 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6049 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6050 << E->getType()); 6051 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 6052 return ExprError(); 6053 6054 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 6055 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 6056 return E; 6057 6058 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6059 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6060 } 6061 6062 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 6063 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 6064 6065 if (IsDecltype) 6066 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 6067 6068 return Bind; 6069 } 6070 6071 ExprResult 6072 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 6073 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6074 return ExprError(); 6075 6076 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 6077 } 6078 6079 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 6080 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 6081 6082 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6083 6084 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 6085 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 6086 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 6087 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 6088 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6089 return SubExpr; 6090 6091 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 6092 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 6093 6094 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 6095 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 6096 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 6097 6098 return E; 6099 } 6100 6101 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 6102 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 6103 6104 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6105 6106 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6107 return SubStmt; 6108 6109 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 6110 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 6111 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 6112 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 6113 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 6114 SourceLocation(), 6115 SourceLocation()); 6116 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 6117 SourceLocation()); 6118 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 6119 } 6120 6121 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 6122 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 6123 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 6124 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 6125 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 6126 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 6127 6128 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 6129 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 6130 // -- if the function call is either 6131 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 6132 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 6133 // decltype-specifier, 6134 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 6135 6136 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 6137 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 6138 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 6139 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 6140 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6141 return ExprError(); 6142 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 6143 return E; 6144 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 6145 } 6146 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6147 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 6148 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 6149 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6150 return ExprError(); 6151 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 6152 return E; 6153 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 6154 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 6155 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 6156 } 6157 } 6158 6159 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 6160 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 6161 : nullptr; 6162 if (TopCall) 6163 E = TopCall; 6164 else 6165 TopBind = nullptr; 6166 6167 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 6168 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 6169 6170 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 6171 // decltype expression. 6172 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 6173 return E; 6174 6175 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 6176 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 6177 I != N; ++I) { 6178 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 6179 if (Call == TopCall) 6180 continue; 6181 6182 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 6183 Call->getLocStart(), 6184 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 6185 return ExprError(); 6186 } 6187 6188 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 6189 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 6190 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 6191 I != N; ++I) { 6192 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 6193 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 6194 if (Bind == TopBind) 6195 continue; 6196 6197 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 6198 6199 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 6200 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6201 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 6202 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 6203 6204 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6205 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6206 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6207 << Bind->getType()); 6208 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 6209 return ExprError(); 6210 6211 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6212 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6213 } 6214 6215 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 6216 return E; 6217 } 6218 6219 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 6220 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 6221 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 6222 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 6223 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 6224 unsigned Limit = 9; 6225 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 6226 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 6227 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 6228 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 6229 } 6230 6231 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 6232 if (I == SkipStart) { 6233 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 6234 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 6235 << SkipCount; 6236 I += SkipCount; 6237 } else { 6238 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 6239 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 6240 ++I; 6241 } 6242 } 6243 } 6244 6245 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6246 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6247 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6248 ParsedType &ObjectType, 6249 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 6250 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 6251 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 6252 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6253 Base = Result.get(); 6254 6255 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6256 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6257 Base = Result.get(); 6258 6259 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 6260 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 6261 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 6262 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 6263 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 6264 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 6265 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 6266 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 6267 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6268 6269 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6270 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6271 return Base; 6272 } 6273 6274 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 6275 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 6276 // returned, with the original second operand. 6277 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6278 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 6279 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 6280 bool FirstIteration = true; 6281 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 6282 // The set of types we've considered so far. 6283 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 6284 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 6285 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 6286 6287 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6288 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 6289 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 6290 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 6291 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6292 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 6293 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 6294 return ExprError(); 6295 } 6296 6297 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 6298 S, Base, OpLoc, 6299 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 6300 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 6301 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 6302 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 6303 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6304 ? nullptr 6305 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 6306 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6307 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 6308 if (FirstIteration) { 6309 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6310 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 6311 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6312 OpKind = tok::period; 6313 break; 6314 } 6315 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 6316 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6317 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 6318 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 6319 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 6320 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 6321 } 6322 } 6323 return ExprError(); 6324 } 6325 Base = Result.get(); 6326 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 6327 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 6328 BaseType = Base->getType(); 6329 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 6330 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 6331 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 6332 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6333 return ExprError(); 6334 } 6335 FirstIteration = false; 6336 } 6337 6338 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6339 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6340 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6341 } 6342 6343 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6344 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6345 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6346 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6347 6348 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6349 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6350 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6351 // postfix-expression. 6352 // 6353 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6354 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6355 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6356 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6357 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6358 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6359 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6360 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6361 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6362 return Base; 6363 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6364 ObjectType = nullptr; 6365 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6366 return Base; 6367 } 6368 6369 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6370 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6371 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6372 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6373 // the member function body. 6374 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6375 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6376 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6377 return ExprError(); 6378 6379 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6380 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6381 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6382 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6383 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6384 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6385 return Base; 6386 } 6387 6388 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6389 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6390 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6391 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6392 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6393 Base = result.get(); 6394 } 6395 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6396 6397 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6398 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6399 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6400 // This scalar type is the object type. 6401 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6402 // arrow operator. 6403 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6404 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6405 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6406 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6407 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6408 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6409 << ObjectType << true 6410 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6411 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6412 return true; 6413 6414 OpKind = tok::period; 6415 } 6416 } 6417 6418 return false; 6419 } 6420 6421 /// \brief Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on 6422 /// pointer objects. 6423 static bool 6424 canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef, 6425 QualType DestructedType) { 6426 // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable. 6427 if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 6428 if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD)) 6429 return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 6430 return false; 6431 } 6432 6433 // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor. 6434 return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() || 6435 DestructedType->isVectorType(); 6436 } 6437 6438 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6439 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6440 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6441 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6442 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6443 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6444 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6445 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6446 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6447 6448 QualType ObjectType; 6449 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6450 return ExprError(); 6451 6452 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6453 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6454 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6455 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6456 else { 6457 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6458 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6459 return ExprError(); 6460 } 6461 } 6462 6463 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6464 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6465 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6466 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6467 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6468 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6469 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6470 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6471 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6472 // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.: 6473 // Foo *foo; 6474 // foo.~Foo(); 6475 if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() && 6476 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, 6477 ObjectType->getPointeeType())) { 6478 auto Diagnostic = 6479 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6480 << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange(); 6481 6482 // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid. 6483 if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects( 6484 *this, DestructedType)) 6485 Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); 6486 6487 // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the 6488 // operator to '->'. 6489 ObjectType = DestructedType; 6490 OpKind = tok::arrow; 6491 } else { 6492 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6493 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6494 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6495 6496 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6497 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6498 DestructedTypeInfo = 6499 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart); 6500 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6501 } 6502 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6503 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6504 6505 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6506 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6507 // type. 6508 } else { 6509 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6510 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6511 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6512 } 6513 6514 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6515 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6516 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6517 DestructedTypeStart); 6518 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6519 } 6520 } 6521 } 6522 6523 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6524 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6525 // form 6526 // 6527 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6528 // 6529 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6530 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6531 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6532 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6533 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6534 6535 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6536 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6537 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6538 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6539 6540 ScopeType = QualType(); 6541 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 Expr *Result 6546 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6547 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6548 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6549 ScopeTypeInfo, 6550 CCLoc, 6551 TildeLoc, 6552 Destructed); 6553 6554 return Result; 6555 } 6556 6557 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6558 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6559 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6560 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6561 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6562 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6563 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6564 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6565 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6566 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6567 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6568 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6569 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6570 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6571 6572 QualType ObjectType; 6573 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6574 return ExprError(); 6575 6576 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6577 // record types and dependent types matter. 6578 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6579 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6580 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6581 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6582 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6583 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6584 } 6585 6586 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6587 // type (with source-location information). 6588 QualType DestructedType; 6589 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6590 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6591 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6592 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6593 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6594 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, 6595 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6596 if (!T && 6597 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6598 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6599 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6600 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6601 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6602 // template instantiation time. 6603 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6604 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6605 } else if (!T) { 6606 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6607 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6608 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6609 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6610 return ExprError(); 6611 6612 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6613 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6614 } else 6615 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6616 } else { 6617 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6618 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6619 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6620 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6621 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6622 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6623 TemplateId->Template, 6624 TemplateId->Name, 6625 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6626 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6627 TemplateArgsPtr, 6628 TemplateId->RAngleLoc, 6629 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6630 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6631 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6632 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6633 } else 6634 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6635 } 6636 6637 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6638 // information. 6639 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6640 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6641 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6642 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6643 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6644 } 6645 6646 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6647 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6648 QualType ScopeType; 6649 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6650 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6651 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6652 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6653 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6654 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, 6655 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6656 if (!T) { 6657 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6658 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6659 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6660 6661 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6662 return ExprError(); 6663 6664 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6665 ScopeType = QualType(); 6666 } else 6667 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6668 } else { 6669 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6670 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6671 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6672 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6673 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6674 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6675 TemplateId->Template, 6676 TemplateId->Name, 6677 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6678 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6679 TemplateArgsPtr, 6680 TemplateId->RAngleLoc, 6681 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6682 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6683 // Recover by dropping this type. 6684 ScopeType = QualType(); 6685 } else 6686 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6687 } 6688 } 6689 6690 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6691 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6692 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6693 6694 6695 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6696 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6697 Destructed); 6698 } 6699 6700 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6701 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6702 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6703 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6704 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6705 QualType ObjectType; 6706 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6707 return ExprError(); 6708 6709 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6710 false); 6711 6712 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6713 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6714 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6715 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6716 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6717 6718 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6719 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6720 Destructed); 6721 } 6722 6723 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6724 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6725 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6726 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6727 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6728 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6729 // is a LambdaExpr. 6730 Expr *SubE = E; 6731 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6732 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6733 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6734 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6735 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6736 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6737 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6738 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6739 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6740 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6741 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6742 // autoreleased. 6743 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6744 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6745 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6746 E->getExprLoc(), 6747 Method, E); 6748 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6749 6750 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6751 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6752 return Exp; 6753 } 6754 } 6755 6756 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6757 FoundDecl, Method); 6758 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6759 return true; 6760 6761 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6762 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6763 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6764 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6765 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6766 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6767 6768 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6769 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6770 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6771 6772 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6773 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6774 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6775 return CE; 6776 } 6777 6778 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6779 SourceLocation RParen) { 6780 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6781 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6782 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6783 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6784 if (R.isInvalid()) 6785 return R; 6786 6787 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6788 Operand = R.get(); 6789 6790 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6791 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6792 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6793 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6794 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6795 } 6796 6797 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6798 return new (Context) 6799 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6800 } 6801 6802 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6803 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6804 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6805 } 6806 6807 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6808 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6809 // according to [expr]p10: 6810 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6811 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6812 // one of the following forms: 6813 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6814 6815 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6816 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6817 return true; 6818 6819 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6820 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6821 return true; 6822 6823 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6824 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6825 return true; 6826 6827 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6828 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6829 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6830 return true; 6831 6832 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6833 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6834 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6835 return true; 6836 6837 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6838 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6839 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6840 } 6841 6842 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6843 // operands are one of the above, or 6844 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6845 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6846 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6847 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6848 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6849 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6850 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6851 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6852 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6853 } 6854 6855 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6856 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6857 return true; 6858 6859 return false; 6860 } 6861 6862 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6863 /// context that ignores the result. 6864 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6865 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6866 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6867 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6868 E = result.get(); 6869 } 6870 6871 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6872 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6873 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6874 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6875 if (E->isRValue()) { 6876 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6877 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6878 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6879 // some clients. 6880 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6881 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6882 6883 return E; 6884 } 6885 6886 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6887 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6888 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6889 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6890 // conversion. 6891 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6892 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6893 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6894 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6895 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6896 return E; 6897 E = Res.get(); 6898 } 6899 6900 // C++1z: 6901 // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the 6902 // temporary materialization conversion is applied. 6903 // 6904 // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for 6905 // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is 6906 // just clutter. 6907 // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this. 6908 // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this? 6909 return E; 6910 } 6911 6912 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6913 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6914 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6915 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6916 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6917 return E; 6918 } 6919 } 6920 6921 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6922 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6923 return E; 6924 E = Res.get(); 6925 6926 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6927 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6928 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6929 return E; 6930 } 6931 6932 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6933 // in a constant expression, return true. 6934 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6935 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6936 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6937 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6938 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6939 // never be a constant expression. 6940 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6941 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6942 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6943 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6944 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6945 ASTContext &Context) { 6946 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6947 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6948 6949 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6950 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6951 assert(DefVD); 6952 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6953 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6954 6955 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6956 6957 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6958 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6959 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6960 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6961 return false; 6962 } 6963 6964 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6965 } 6966 6967 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6968 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6969 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6970 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6971 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6972 /// need to be captured. 6973 6974 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6975 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6976 6977 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6978 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6979 #ifndef NDEBUG 6980 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 6981 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 6982 DC = DC->getParent(); 6983 assert( 6984 CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && 6985 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6986 #endif // NDEBUG 6987 6988 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6989 6990 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6991 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6992 6993 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6994 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6995 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6996 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6997 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6998 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6999 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 7000 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 7001 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 7002 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 7003 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 7004 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 7005 // For e.g.: 7006 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 7007 // int test() { 7008 // const int x = 10; 7009 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7010 // (void) +x + a; 7011 // }; 7012 // } 7013 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 7014 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 7015 continue; 7016 7017 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 7018 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 7019 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7020 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7021 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 7022 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7023 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 7024 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7025 } 7026 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 7027 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 7028 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 7029 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 7030 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 7031 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 7032 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 7033 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 7034 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 7035 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 7036 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 7037 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 7038 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 7039 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 7040 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 7041 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 7042 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 7043 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 7044 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 7045 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 7046 DeclRefType, nullptr); 7047 } 7048 } 7049 } 7050 7051 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 7052 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 7053 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 7054 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 7055 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7056 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7057 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 7058 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7059 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 7060 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 7061 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7062 } 7063 } 7064 7065 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 7066 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 7067 } 7068 7069 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 7070 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 7071 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 7072 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 7073 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 7074 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 7075 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 7076 7077 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 7078 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7079 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 7080 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 7081 NewSS = *SS; 7082 7083 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 7084 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 7085 R.addDecl(ND); 7086 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 7087 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 7088 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 7089 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7090 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 7091 if (!Record) 7092 Record = 7093 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 7094 if (Record) 7095 R.setNamingClass(Record); 7096 7097 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 7098 // member. 7099 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 7100 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 7101 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7102 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 7103 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7104 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 7105 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7106 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 7107 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7108 else 7109 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 7110 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 7111 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 7112 7113 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 7114 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 7115 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 7116 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 7117 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 7118 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 7119 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 7120 } 7121 } 7122 7123 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 7124 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 7125 } 7126 7127 namespace { 7128 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 7129 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 7130 7131 public: 7132 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 7133 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 7134 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 7135 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 7136 return true; 7137 } 7138 }; 7139 7140 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 7141 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 7142 7143 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 7144 // process of being initialized. 7145 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 7146 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 7147 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 7148 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 7149 7150 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 7151 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 7152 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 7153 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 7154 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 7155 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 7156 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 7157 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7158 if (State.DiagHandler) { 7159 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 7160 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 7161 7162 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 7163 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 7164 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 7165 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 7166 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 7167 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 7168 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 7169 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 7170 7171 State.DiagHandler(TC); 7172 } 7173 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 7174 } 7175 } 7176 7177 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 7178 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 7179 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 7180 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 7181 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 7182 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 7183 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 7184 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 7185 /// of corrections. 7186 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 7187 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 7188 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7189 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7190 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 7191 return true; 7192 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7193 } 7194 return false; 7195 } 7196 7197 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 7198 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 7199 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 7200 7201 if (!E) 7202 return nullptr; 7203 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 7204 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 7205 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 7206 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 7207 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 7208 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 7209 // contain multiple decls. 7210 return nullptr; 7211 } 7212 7213 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 7214 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7215 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 7216 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 7217 return ExprError(); 7218 7219 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 7220 } 7221 7222 public: 7223 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 7224 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 7225 7226 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7227 MultiExprArg Args, 7228 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 7229 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 7230 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 7231 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 7232 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 7233 if (Result.isUsable()) { 7234 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 7235 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 7236 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 7237 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 7238 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 7239 } 7240 } 7241 return Result; 7242 } 7243 7244 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7245 7246 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7247 7248 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 7249 return Owned(E); 7250 } 7251 7252 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 7253 return Owned(E); 7254 } 7255 7256 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 7257 ExprResult Res; 7258 while (true) { 7259 Res = TryTransform(E); 7260 7261 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 7262 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 7263 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 7264 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 7265 break; 7266 } 7267 7268 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 7269 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 7270 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 7271 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 7272 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 7273 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 7274 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 7275 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 7276 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 7277 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 7278 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 7279 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 7280 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7281 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 7282 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7283 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 7284 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7285 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7286 Res = ExprError(); 7287 break; 7288 } 7289 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 7290 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 7291 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 7292 } 7293 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 7294 7295 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 7296 if (!Res.isUsable()) 7297 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 7298 7299 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 7300 7301 return Res; 7302 } 7303 7304 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 7305 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 7306 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 7307 // first one that was encountered. 7308 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 7309 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 7310 return CacheEntry; 7311 } 7312 7313 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 7314 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 7315 7316 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 7317 // typo correction and return it. 7318 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 7319 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 7320 continue; 7321 // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's 7322 // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction. 7323 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 7324 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 7325 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 7326 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 7327 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 7328 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 7329 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 7330 TypoCorrection Next; 7331 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 7332 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 7333 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 7334 } else { 7335 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 7336 } 7337 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 7338 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 7339 return CacheEntry = NE; 7340 } 7341 } 7342 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 7343 } 7344 }; 7345 } 7346 7347 ExprResult 7348 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 7349 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 7350 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 7351 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 7352 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 7353 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 7354 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 7355 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 7356 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 7357 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 7358 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 7359 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 7360 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 7361 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 7362 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 7363 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 7364 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 7365 return Result; 7366 } 7367 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 7368 } 7369 return E; 7370 } 7371 7372 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 7373 bool DiscardedValue, 7374 bool IsConstexpr, 7375 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 7376 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 7377 7378 if (!FullExpr.get()) 7379 return ExprError(); 7380 7381 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 7382 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 7383 // containing full-expression is done). 7384 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 7385 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 7386 // return a; 7387 // }() ...); 7388 // } 7389 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 7390 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 7391 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 7392 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 7393 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 7394 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 7395 // parser/instantiation has got to). 7396 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 7397 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 7398 return ExprError(); 7399 7400 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7401 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7402 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7403 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7404 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7405 return ExprError(); 7406 } 7407 7408 if (DiscardedValue) { 7409 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7410 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7411 return ExprError(); 7412 7413 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7414 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7415 return ExprError(); 7416 } 7417 7418 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7419 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7420 return ExprError(); 7421 7422 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7423 7424 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7425 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7426 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7427 // Consider the following code: 7428 // void f(int, int); 7429 // void f(const int&, double); 7430 // void foo() { 7431 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7432 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7433 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7434 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7435 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7436 // }; 7437 // }; 7438 // } 7439 7440 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7441 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7442 // void f() { 7443 // const int n = 0; 7444 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7445 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7446 // }; 7447 // } 7448 // 7449 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7450 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7451 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7452 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7453 7454 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = 7455 getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true); 7456 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7457 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7458 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7459 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7460 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7461 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7462 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7463 // "Alternative suggestion: 7464 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7465 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7466 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7467 // constructor/destructor. 7468 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7469 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7470 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7471 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 7472 DC = DC->getParent(); 7473 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC); 7474 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7475 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7476 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7477 *this); 7478 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7479 } 7480 7481 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7482 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7483 7484 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7485 } 7486 7487 Sema::IfExistsResult 7488 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7489 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7490 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7491 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7492 if (!TargetName) 7493 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7494 7495 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7496 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7497 return IER_Dependent; 7498 7499 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7500 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7501 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7502 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7503 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7504 7505 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7506 case LookupResult::Found: 7507 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7508 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7509 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7510 return IER_Exists; 7511 7512 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7513 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7514 7515 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7516 return IER_Dependent; 7517 } 7518 7519 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7520 } 7521 7522 Sema::IfExistsResult 7523 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7524 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7525 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7526 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7527 7528 // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack. 7529 auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists; 7530 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) || 7531 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC)) 7532 return IER_Error; 7533 7534 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7535 } 7536